1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
916 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
917 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
918 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
919 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
920 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
921 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
922 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
924 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
925 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
927 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
928 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
930 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
931 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
932 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
933 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
935 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
936 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
937 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
939 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
940 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
941 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
942 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
943 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
944 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
945 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
947 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
948 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
950 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
951 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
952 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
953 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
954 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
955 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
957 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
960 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
961 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
962 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
963 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
966 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
968 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
969 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
970 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
971 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
972 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
973 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
975 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
976 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
978 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
980 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
981 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
984 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
985 floating point arguments.
987 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
988 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
989 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
990 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
991 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
992 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
993 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
994 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
996 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
997 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
998 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
999 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1000 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1001 stub should be discarded.
1003 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1004 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1005 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1006 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1007 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1008 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1009 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1012 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1013 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1014 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1016 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1018 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1019 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1020 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1022 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1023 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1024 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1026 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1027 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1029 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1030 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1031 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1032 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1033 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1034 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1035 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1036 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1039 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1040 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1041 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1043 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1044 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1045 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1046 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1047 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1048 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1049 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1050 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1053 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1054 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1055 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1057 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1058 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1059 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1060 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1061 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1062 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1063 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1064 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1067 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1068 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1069 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1070 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1072 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1073 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1075 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1076 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1077 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1078 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1079 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1080 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1081 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1082 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1086 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1087 in the insn32 mode. */
1088 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1090 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1091 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1092 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1093 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1094 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1095 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1096 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1097 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1100 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1101 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1103 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1104 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1105 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1106 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1109 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1110 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1111 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1112 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1114 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1115 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1116 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1117 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1120 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1121 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1122 directly addressable. */
1123 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1125 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1126 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1127 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1129 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1131 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1134 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1135 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1136 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1138 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1139 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1140 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1141 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1144 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1145 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1147 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1148 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1149 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1150 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1153 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1154 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1156 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1157 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1158 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1159 0x00000000, /* nop */
1160 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1161 0x00000000 /* nop */
1164 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1165 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1167 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1168 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1169 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1170 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1171 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1172 0x00000000, /* nop */
1173 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1174 0x00000000 /* nop */
1177 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1178 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1180 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1181 0x00000000, /* nop */
1182 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1183 0x00000000, /* nop */
1184 0x00000000, /* nop */
1185 0x00000000 /* nop */
1188 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1189 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1191 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1192 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1195 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1198 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1200 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1201 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1204 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1207 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1209 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1212 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1214 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1215 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1216 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1219 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1221 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1222 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1224 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1227 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1228 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1230 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1231 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1234 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1236 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1237 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1239 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1243 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1245 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1246 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1248 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1251 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1253 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1254 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1255 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1257 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1258 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1260 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1263 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1265 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1267 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1268 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1269 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1273 /* Set local fields. */
1274 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1275 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1276 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1279 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1280 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1281 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1282 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1283 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1284 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1285 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1286 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1287 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1288 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1289 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1290 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1291 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1294 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1297 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1300 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1302 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1307 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1309 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1311 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1312 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1314 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1317 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1320 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1323 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1324 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1327 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1328 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1331 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1334 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1335 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1337 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1338 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1341 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1342 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1345 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1346 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1348 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1350 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1351 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1352 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1355 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1356 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1357 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1358 goto error_return; \
1359 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1360 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1361 goto error_return; \
1364 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1365 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1366 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1367 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1371 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1372 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1373 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1374 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1375 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1383 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1385 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1387 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1389 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1391 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1392 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1393 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1395 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1397 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1399 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->ssext
);
1401 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1402 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1403 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1404 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1405 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1406 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1410 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1413 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1415 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1420 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1422 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1423 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1425 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1428 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1431 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1432 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1433 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1435 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1436 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1438 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1440 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1441 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1445 bfd_size_type count
;
1446 unsigned long sindex
;
1450 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1458 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1460 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1461 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1464 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1466 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1470 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1473 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1474 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1478 size
= sizeof (char *);
1479 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1484 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1485 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1489 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1492 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1493 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1496 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1499 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1500 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1502 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1503 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1504 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1505 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1506 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1507 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1508 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1509 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1510 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1511 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1513 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1514 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1518 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1519 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1520 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1523 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1527 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1530 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1532 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1533 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1534 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1535 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1537 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1538 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1539 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1541 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1543 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1545 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1547 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1548 matters, but someday it might). */
1549 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1578 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1579 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1582 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1583 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1584 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1587 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1591 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1594 /* Create a new symbol. */
1595 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1597 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1598 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1602 /* Make it a local function. */
1603 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1604 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1606 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1625 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1626 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1627 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1628 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1629 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1631 /* Create a new symbol. */
1632 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1634 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1635 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1639 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1640 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1641 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1642 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1643 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1644 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1648 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1649 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1652 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1656 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1657 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1660 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1663 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1664 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1665 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1667 static unsigned long
1668 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1669 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1673 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1676 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1677 one in a compound relocation. */
1678 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1679 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1680 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1682 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1683 the traditional behavior. */
1684 if (relocs
< relend
)
1685 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1690 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1694 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1697 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1698 objects try to call them. */
1699 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1700 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1702 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1703 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1706 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1707 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1709 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1710 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1711 being included in the link. */
1712 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1715 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1718 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1719 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1721 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1722 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1723 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1724 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1725 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1726 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1727 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1730 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1731 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1733 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1734 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1735 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1736 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1737 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1739 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1743 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1746 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1748 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1750 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1751 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1752 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1756 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1758 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1760 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1761 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1762 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1763 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1764 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1765 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1768 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1769 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1773 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1774 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1777 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1779 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1783 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1784 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1785 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1786 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1792 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1793 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1794 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1795 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1796 entry points are of interest here. */
1799 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1801 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1802 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1803 && h
->root
.def_regular
1804 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1805 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1806 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1807 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1808 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1811 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1812 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1815 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1818 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1820 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1821 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1826 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1827 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1831 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1832 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1833 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1836 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1837 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1839 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1841 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1844 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1848 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1849 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1852 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1854 /* Create the section. */
1855 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1856 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1857 input_section
->output_section
);
1861 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1862 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1863 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1866 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1868 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1869 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1870 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1871 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1873 /* Allocate room for it. */
1878 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1879 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1880 the function symbol to it. */
1883 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1884 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1886 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1889 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1893 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1894 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1897 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1898 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1899 input_section
->output_section
);
1900 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1902 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1905 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1906 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1907 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1908 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1910 /* Allocate room for it. */
1915 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1916 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1919 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1920 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1922 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1923 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1924 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1929 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1930 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1934 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1935 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1939 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1943 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1946 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1947 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1951 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1952 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1958 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1959 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1960 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1961 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1963 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1964 return (use_trampoline_p
1965 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1966 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1969 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1970 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1973 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1975 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1977 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1978 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1979 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1981 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1983 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1984 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1985 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1988 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1989 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1990 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1991 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1993 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1995 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1996 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1998 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2007 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2008 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2011 The format of these instructions is:
2013 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2014 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2015 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2017 +-----------------------------------------------+
2019 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2020 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2022 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2023 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2024 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2025 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2026 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2027 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2028 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2029 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2030 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2031 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2034 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2035 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2036 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2037 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2038 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2039 value as two 16-bit values.
2041 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2045 +--------+----------------------+
2049 +--------+----------------------+
2052 +----------+------+-------------+
2056 +----------+--------------------+
2057 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2058 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2060 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2061 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2062 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2063 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2064 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2066 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2067 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2068 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2071 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2072 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2073 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2074 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2075 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2077 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2079 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2080 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2081 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2082 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2083 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2085 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2088 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2089 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2090 little-endian system. */
2092 static inline bfd_boolean
2093 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2098 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2099 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2100 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2103 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2104 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2105 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2109 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2117 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2119 static inline bfd_boolean
2120 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2122 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2125 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2126 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2127 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2129 static inline bfd_boolean
2130 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2132 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2133 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2134 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2137 static inline bfd_boolean
2138 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2140 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2141 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2142 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2145 static inline bfd_boolean
2146 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2148 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2149 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2150 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2153 static inline bfd_boolean
2154 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2156 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2162 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2165 static inline bfd_boolean
2166 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2168 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2171 static inline bfd_boolean
2172 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2174 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2177 static inline bfd_boolean
2178 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2180 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2183 static inline bfd_boolean
2184 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2186 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2189 static inline bfd_boolean
2190 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2192 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2195 static inline bfd_boolean
2196 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2198 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2199 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2200 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2204 static inline bfd_boolean
2205 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2207 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2208 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2209 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2213 static inline bfd_boolean
2214 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2216 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2219 static inline bfd_boolean
2220 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2222 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2223 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2224 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2227 static inline bfd_boolean
2228 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2230 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2231 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2234 static inline bfd_boolean
2235 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2237 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2240 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2246 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2247 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2248 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2251 static inline bfd_boolean
2252 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2254 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2255 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2256 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2262 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2263 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2264 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2268 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2269 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2271 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2273 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2276 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2277 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2278 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2279 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2280 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2281 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2282 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2283 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2285 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2286 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2287 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2291 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2292 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2294 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2296 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2299 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2300 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2302 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2305 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2307 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2308 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2312 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2313 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2314 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2316 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2317 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2320 bfd_reloc_status_type
2321 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2322 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2323 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2327 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2329 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2332 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2334 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2335 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2337 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2338 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2340 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2341 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2343 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2345 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2346 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2347 an external symbol. */
2349 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2350 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2352 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2354 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2356 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2357 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2361 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2364 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2366 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2369 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2370 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2371 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2376 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2378 asection
*input_section
;
2382 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2384 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2386 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2387 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2388 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2390 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2391 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2392 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2393 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2395 bfd_reloc_status_type
2396 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2397 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2398 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2399 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2401 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2403 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2404 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2406 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2408 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2410 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2412 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2413 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2416 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2417 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2419 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2422 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2423 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2424 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2426 bfd_reloc_status_type
2427 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2428 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2429 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2431 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2432 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2433 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2434 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2435 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2436 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2439 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2440 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2443 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2444 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2445 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2447 bfd_reloc_status_type
2448 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2449 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2450 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2453 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2455 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2456 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2458 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2460 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2461 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2464 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2466 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2467 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2469 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2471 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2472 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2473 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2474 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2475 has a rightshift of 0. */
2476 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2477 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2478 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2479 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2480 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2481 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2483 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2484 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2485 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2487 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2488 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2490 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2493 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2497 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2498 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2502 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2503 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2504 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2506 bfd_reloc_status_type
2507 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2508 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2509 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2510 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2513 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2514 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2516 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2518 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2519 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2521 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2523 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2525 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2526 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2527 offset or address. */
2528 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2529 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2534 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2535 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2536 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2537 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2539 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2540 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2541 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2545 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2546 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2547 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2548 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2549 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2550 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2553 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2555 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2556 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2558 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2559 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2561 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2563 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2566 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2571 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2573 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2576 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2577 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2580 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2583 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2584 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2588 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2589 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2592 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2596 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2597 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2604 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2608 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2609 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2613 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2614 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2615 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2616 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2619 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2622 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2623 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2624 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2627 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2630 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2631 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2632 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2633 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2634 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2635 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2639 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2640 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2642 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2647 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2650 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2651 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2652 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2653 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2654 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2657 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2658 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2660 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2661 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2662 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2665 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2666 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2670 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2671 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2679 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2682 /* Swap in an options header. */
2685 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2686 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2688 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2689 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2690 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2691 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2694 /* Swap out an options header. */
2697 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2698 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2700 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2701 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2702 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2706 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2709 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2710 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2711 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2713 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2714 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2715 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2716 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2717 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2718 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2719 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2720 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2721 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2722 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2723 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2726 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2730 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2731 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2733 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2734 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2735 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2736 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2737 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2738 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2739 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2740 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2741 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2742 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2743 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2746 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2747 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2750 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2752 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2753 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2757 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2759 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2763 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2765 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2770 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2773 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2774 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2777 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2778 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2780 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2781 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2782 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2783 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2785 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2787 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2790 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2792 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2801 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2802 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2803 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2804 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2805 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2806 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2807 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2808 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2809 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2810 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2811 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2812 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2813 when generating a final executable. */
2816 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2818 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2820 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2822 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2824 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2825 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2826 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2827 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2828 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2830 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2831 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2832 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2833 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2834 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2842 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2845 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2846 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2847 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2848 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2849 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2850 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2852 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2853 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2857 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2859 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2860 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2861 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2863 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2864 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2865 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2867 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2869 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2870 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2871 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2872 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2874 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2877 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2878 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2881 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2883 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2884 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2885 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2890 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2891 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2893 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2894 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2895 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2899 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2901 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2903 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2904 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2905 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2906 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2907 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2908 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2909 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2910 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2911 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2912 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2913 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2914 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2915 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2916 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2917 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2919 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2923 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2924 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2927 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2929 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2930 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2932 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2933 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2934 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2937 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2938 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2939 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2940 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2941 + sec
->output_offset
2942 + output_section
->vma
);
2944 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2948 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2950 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2951 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2953 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2955 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2956 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2957 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2958 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2959 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2964 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2965 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2966 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2967 + sec
->output_offset
2968 + output_section
->vma
);
2970 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2975 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2976 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2979 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2986 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2989 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2991 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2992 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2994 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2997 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2999 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3002 static INLINE hashval_t
3003 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3006 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3013 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3015 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3017 return (entry
->symndx
3018 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3019 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3020 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3021 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3022 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3023 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3027 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3029 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3030 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3032 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3033 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3034 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3035 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3036 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3037 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3038 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3042 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3044 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3046 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3047 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3048 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3049 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3050 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3054 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3056 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3058 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3059 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3060 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3061 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3062 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3063 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3064 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3068 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3072 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3073 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3077 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3079 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3081 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3082 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3083 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3086 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3088 static struct mips_got_info
*
3089 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3091 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3093 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3097 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3098 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3099 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3102 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3103 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3104 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3110 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3111 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3113 static struct mips_got_info
*
3114 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3116 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3118 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3121 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3122 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3123 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3127 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3130 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3132 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3134 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3135 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3138 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3139 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3140 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3141 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3142 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3143 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3148 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3149 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3150 if creation fails. */
3153 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3159 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3160 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3161 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3162 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3164 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3169 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3172 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3173 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3179 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3182 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3184 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3187 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3190 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3193 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3196 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3199 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3216 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3217 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3221 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3222 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3225 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3226 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3228 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
3229 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3232 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3234 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3235 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3244 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3250 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
3257 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3261 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3262 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3263 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3265 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3267 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3268 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3270 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3272 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3273 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3275 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3278 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3281 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3283 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3288 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3290 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3292 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3293 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3295 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3297 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3298 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3300 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3303 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3304 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3306 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3309 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3312 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3313 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3314 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3317 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3319 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3320 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3321 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3323 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3332 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3334 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3335 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3336 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3339 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3342 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3344 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3345 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3348 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3349 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3350 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3351 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3352 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3354 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3355 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3356 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3358 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3361 /* General Dynamic. */
3362 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3366 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3367 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3368 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3369 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3372 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3373 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3374 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3375 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3377 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3378 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3382 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3383 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3384 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3385 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3390 /* Initial Exec model. */
3394 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3395 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3397 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3398 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3406 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3407 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3411 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3412 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3413 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3414 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3415 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3418 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3419 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3421 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3422 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3423 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3424 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3431 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3434 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3435 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3436 will be negative. */
3439 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3440 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3442 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3443 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3445 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3446 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3449 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3451 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3452 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3453 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3454 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3455 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3457 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3458 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3459 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3460 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3462 return got_address
- got_value
;
3465 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3466 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3467 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3468 offset can be found. */
3471 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3472 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3473 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3475 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3476 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3478 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3479 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3481 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3482 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3486 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3487 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3488 return entry
->gotidx
;
3491 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3494 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3495 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3497 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3498 long global_got_dynindx
;
3499 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3502 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3503 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3505 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3506 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3507 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3509 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3510 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3511 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3513 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3514 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3515 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3516 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3517 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3522 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3523 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3526 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3527 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3529 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3530 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3531 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3534 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3535 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3537 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3540 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3541 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3542 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3546 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3547 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3550 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3551 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3553 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3555 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3557 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3558 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3559 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3560 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3561 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3562 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3564 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3569 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3570 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3571 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3572 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3573 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3576 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3577 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3579 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3580 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3582 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3583 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3584 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3589 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3592 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3597 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3598 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3599 symbol that binds locally. */
3602 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3603 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3605 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3607 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3608 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3609 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3610 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3612 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3614 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3615 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3616 same in all cases. */
3617 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3618 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3620 return entry
->gotidx
;
3625 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3629 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3630 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3636 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3637 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3640 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3641 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3643 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3646 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3647 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3648 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3651 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3652 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3653 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3654 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3658 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3660 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3661 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3664 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3665 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3667 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3670 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3671 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3674 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3676 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3678 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3679 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3682 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3685 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3689 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3690 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3698 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3701 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3702 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3709 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3710 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3714 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3718 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3720 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3721 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3722 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3723 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3727 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3731 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3732 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3733 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3734 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3735 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3737 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3742 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3744 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3745 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3747 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3750 bfd_vma got_address
;
3752 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3753 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3754 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3757 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3758 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3759 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3760 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3761 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3767 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3768 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3769 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3770 the current linking stage. */
3772 static bfd_size_type
3773 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3775 bfd_size_type count
;
3778 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3781 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3783 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3784 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3785 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3786 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3787 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3793 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3794 appear towards the end. */
3797 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3799 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3800 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3801 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3803 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3806 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3807 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3814 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3815 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3816 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3817 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3818 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3819 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3820 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3823 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3824 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3825 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3826 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3827 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3828 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3829 == g
->global_gotno
);
3831 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3832 table index in the GOT. */
3833 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3838 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3839 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3843 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3845 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3847 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3849 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3852 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3855 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3859 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3860 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3863 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3864 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3865 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3866 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3873 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3874 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3875 hash table directly). */
3878 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3879 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3882 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3883 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3884 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3886 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3887 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3889 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3893 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3894 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3897 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3901 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3902 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3907 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3908 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3912 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3921 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3922 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3923 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3926 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3927 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3928 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3931 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3932 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3933 unsigned char tls_type
;
3935 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3936 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3938 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3940 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3942 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3944 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3946 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3950 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3953 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3957 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3958 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3959 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3963 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3964 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3965 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3968 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3969 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3972 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3973 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3975 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3976 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3977 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3979 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3980 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3983 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3986 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3987 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3988 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3989 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3992 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3993 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3997 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3998 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3999 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4001 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4002 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4003 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4004 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4006 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4007 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4009 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4010 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4015 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4019 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4020 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4022 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4023 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4027 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4030 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4038 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4039 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4043 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4053 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4056 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4060 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4062 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4063 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4065 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4066 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4068 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4069 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4074 /* Make room for a null element. */
4075 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4078 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4082 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4083 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4084 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4085 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4088 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4090 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4091 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4093 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4094 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4095 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4097 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4100 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4101 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4107 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4111 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4112 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4113 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4114 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4117 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4119 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4120 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4123 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4124 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4125 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4126 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4127 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4128 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4130 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4137 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4138 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4140 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4141 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4144 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4152 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4154 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4163 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4168 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4171 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4173 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4176 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4179 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4180 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4182 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4183 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4184 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4185 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4188 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4190 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4194 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4195 seen the section. */
4196 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4199 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4207 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4209 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4210 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4211 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4213 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4214 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4215 a new singleton range. */
4217 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4219 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4223 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4224 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4225 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4233 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4234 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4236 /* Update the ranges. */
4237 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4238 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4239 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4241 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4243 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4244 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4245 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4248 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4251 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4252 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4253 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4255 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4256 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4262 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4263 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4264 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4265 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4268 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4270 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4271 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4272 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4276 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4277 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4278 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4280 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4282 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4284 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4286 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4289 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4291 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4292 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4293 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4296 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4297 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4301 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4303 /* Read in the symbol. */
4304 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4312 /* Get the associated input section. */
4313 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4320 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4321 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4322 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4323 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4324 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4328 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4329 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4330 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4331 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4333 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4334 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4337 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4339 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4347 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4348 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4349 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4350 that they require. */
4353 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4354 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4356 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4357 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4364 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4368 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4369 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4370 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4371 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4374 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4378 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4381 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4382 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4383 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4388 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4393 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4397 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4398 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4400 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4401 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4402 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4403 symbols later if appropriate. */
4404 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4407 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4408 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4409 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4410 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4411 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4414 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4415 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4416 the local rather than global GOT. */
4417 if (info
->executable
&& h
->has_static_relocs
)
4423 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4424 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4425 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4426 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4427 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4430 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4432 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4434 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4436 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4437 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4439 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4441 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4442 local or global GOT. */
4443 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4444 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4445 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4446 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4447 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4448 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4449 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4450 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4451 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4452 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4453 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4454 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4455 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4457 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4464 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4465 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4468 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4470 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4471 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4474 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4475 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4476 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4485 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4490 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4491 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4494 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4496 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4497 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4500 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4501 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4502 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4511 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4516 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4517 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4518 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4519 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4523 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4524 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4525 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4527 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4528 unsigned int estimate
;
4530 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4531 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4532 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4533 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4535 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4537 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4538 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4540 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4541 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4542 conservatively as well. */
4543 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4544 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4546 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4548 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4549 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4552 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4553 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4555 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4559 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4563 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4567 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4568 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4569 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4570 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4571 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4572 and then make make the new got current. */
4575 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4576 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4578 unsigned int estimate
;
4581 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4584 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4585 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4586 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4587 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4588 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4590 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4591 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4592 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4593 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4594 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4596 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4598 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4599 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4606 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4607 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4612 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4615 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4620 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4621 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4622 overflows anyway. */
4623 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4629 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4630 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4631 an index in a different GOT. */
4634 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4636 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4638 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4639 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4641 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4643 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4647 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4648 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4651 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4655 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4656 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4657 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4660 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4662 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4663 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4665 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4666 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4667 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4670 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4671 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4677 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4678 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4682 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4683 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4684 symbol to DATA->value. */
4687 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4689 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4690 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4692 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4693 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4694 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4695 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4696 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4697 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4701 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4702 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4703 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4704 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4707 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4709 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4710 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4712 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4713 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4714 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4715 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4716 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4718 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4723 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4725 if (arg
->info
->shared
4726 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4727 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4728 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4729 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4735 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4736 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4737 lazy-binding stubs. */
4740 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4742 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4744 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4746 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4747 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4748 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4749 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4751 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4752 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4753 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4755 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4756 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4762 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4765 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4770 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4774 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4778 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4779 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4782 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4783 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4786 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4787 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4789 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4790 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4791 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4792 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4793 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4796 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4797 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4798 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4802 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4803 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4804 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4805 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4806 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4807 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4808 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4809 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4810 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4811 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4813 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4815 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4816 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4817 to be the primary GOT. */
4818 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4820 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4821 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4825 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4826 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4827 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4829 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4830 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4832 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4836 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4837 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4838 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4839 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4841 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4843 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4844 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4845 those that are actually referenced. */
4846 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4847 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4850 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4851 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4852 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4853 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4855 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4856 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4857 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4858 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4859 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4860 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4861 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4862 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4863 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4864 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4865 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4866 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4867 points back to the master GOT. */
4868 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4869 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4876 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4878 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4879 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4880 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4881 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4882 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4883 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4885 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4886 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4887 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4892 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4893 all non-TLS entries. */
4894 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4896 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4897 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4900 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4902 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4905 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4906 lazy-binding stubs. */
4908 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4912 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4915 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4917 unsigned int save_assign
;
4919 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4920 relocations they need. */
4921 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4922 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4924 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4926 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4929 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4930 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4934 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4935 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4936 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4937 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4938 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4940 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4942 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4945 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4952 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4953 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4955 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4956 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4957 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4958 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4960 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4962 while (relocation
< relend
)
4964 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4965 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4971 /* We didn't find it. */
4975 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4978 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4979 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4980 asection
**local_sections
)
4982 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4983 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4986 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4987 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4988 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4990 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4992 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4998 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5001 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5003 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5004 /* VALUE is negative. */
5005 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5010 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5011 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5015 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5017 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5019 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5020 /* The value is too big. */
5022 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5023 /* The value is too small. */
5030 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5033 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5035 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5038 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5041 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5044 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5051 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5054 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5057 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5064 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5067 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5068 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5071 register asection
*s
;
5073 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5075 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5078 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5080 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5081 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5084 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5090 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5093 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5096 register asection
*s
;
5097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5098 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5099 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5101 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5102 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5104 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5108 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5109 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5111 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5112 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5113 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5115 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5119 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5120 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5121 are not creating a global offset table. */
5123 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5124 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5125 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5128 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5131 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5132 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5133 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5136 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5139 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5140 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5141 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5143 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5144 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5145 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5148 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5156 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5157 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5158 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5161 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5163 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5165 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5166 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5169 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5170 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5171 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5175 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5176 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5178 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5179 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5180 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5181 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5182 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5183 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5190 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5191 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5192 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5193 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5194 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5195 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5196 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5200 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5207 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5208 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5209 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5211 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5212 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5213 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5215 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5216 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5217 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5218 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5220 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5221 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5222 asection
*input_section
,
5223 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5224 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5225 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5226 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5227 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5229 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5230 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5232 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5234 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5237 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5238 shared object file being produced. */
5240 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5243 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5245 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5246 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5247 during execution. */
5248 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5249 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5251 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5253 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5255 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5256 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5257 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5258 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5259 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5260 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5261 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5263 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5265 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5266 relocation value. */
5267 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5268 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5269 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5270 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5274 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5275 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5276 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5278 /* Parse the relocation. */
5279 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5280 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5281 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5282 + input_section
->output_offset
5283 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5285 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5286 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5288 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5289 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5290 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5291 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5293 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5294 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5295 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5298 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5299 must come before globals. */
5303 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5306 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5308 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5309 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5311 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5312 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5313 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5314 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5315 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5316 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5318 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5320 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5323 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5324 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5327 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5328 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5329 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5332 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5334 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5335 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5339 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5341 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5342 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5343 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5344 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5345 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5346 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5347 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5349 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5350 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5352 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5353 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5354 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5355 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5357 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5358 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5359 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5360 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5364 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5365 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5366 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5367 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5370 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5371 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5372 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5374 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5375 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5376 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5378 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5379 if (sec
->output_section
)
5380 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5381 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5382 + sec
->output_offset
);
5384 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5386 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5387 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5388 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5389 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5392 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5393 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5395 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5396 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5398 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5399 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5400 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5401 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5402 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5404 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5405 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5408 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5410 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5411 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5412 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5413 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5414 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5415 which is available from here:
5416 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5419 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5420 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5421 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5422 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5423 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5425 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5429 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5432 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5433 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5436 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5437 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5439 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5441 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5442 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5444 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5445 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5446 && !info
->relocatable
5448 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5449 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5451 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5452 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5453 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5455 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5456 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5460 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5465 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5468 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5469 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5470 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5471 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5480 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5481 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5482 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5484 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5485 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5486 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5487 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5488 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5489 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5491 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5492 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5493 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5496 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5499 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5500 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5502 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5507 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5509 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5511 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5518 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5521 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5524 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5525 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5527 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5529 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5530 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5531 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5532 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5533 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5534 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5535 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5536 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5537 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5538 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5540 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5541 && !info
->relocatable
5544 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5545 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5547 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5550 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5551 + sec
->output_offset
5552 + htab
->plt_header_size
5553 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5554 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5557 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5558 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5561 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5562 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5563 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5565 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5566 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5567 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5570 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5571 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5572 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5573 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5574 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5576 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5577 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5578 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5579 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5580 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5581 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5582 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5583 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5585 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5587 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5588 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5590 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5595 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5596 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5597 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5598 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5600 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5601 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5605 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5606 to need it, get it now. */
5609 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5610 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5613 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5614 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5615 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5616 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5617 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5619 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5621 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5624 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5626 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5627 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5628 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5629 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5630 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5631 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5632 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5633 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5634 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5635 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5637 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5638 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5640 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5644 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5645 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5646 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5647 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5648 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5649 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5651 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5652 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5653 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5657 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5658 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5660 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5661 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5662 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5663 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5666 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5667 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5668 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5672 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5673 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5675 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5678 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5679 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5683 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5684 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5685 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5687 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5691 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5692 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5694 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5695 + input_section
->output_offset
5696 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5697 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5698 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5699 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5701 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5702 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5704 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5705 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5708 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5711 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5715 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5718 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5719 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5720 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5721 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5728 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5730 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5731 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5732 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5733 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5735 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5736 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5737 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5739 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5740 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5741 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5742 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5743 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5744 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5746 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5754 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5758 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5759 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5763 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5767 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5768 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5772 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5773 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5774 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5775 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5776 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5778 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5782 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5783 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5784 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5785 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5787 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5788 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5791 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5792 else if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5793 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5796 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5797 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5798 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5799 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5803 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5804 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5805 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5806 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5810 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5811 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5812 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5813 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5814 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5815 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5818 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5819 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5820 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5821 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5825 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5826 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5827 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5828 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5829 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5830 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5835 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5838 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5839 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5843 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5844 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5845 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5849 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5850 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5851 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5852 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5853 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5854 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5855 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5856 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5857 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5858 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5859 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5861 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5862 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5869 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5871 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5874 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5875 for this conditional. */
5876 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5877 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5878 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5879 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5880 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5882 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5883 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5884 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5885 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5886 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5889 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5890 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5893 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5894 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5895 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5896 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5897 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5898 not check for overflow here. */
5902 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5903 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5904 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5905 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5906 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5911 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5912 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5913 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5914 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5915 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5916 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5917 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5918 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5919 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5920 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5921 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5922 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5923 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5924 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5925 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5926 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5927 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5928 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5932 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5933 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5936 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5937 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5940 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5941 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5942 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5943 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5944 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5946 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5947 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5948 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5949 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5951 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5952 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5959 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5960 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5961 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5962 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5963 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5964 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5965 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5966 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5967 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5968 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5970 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5973 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5974 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5976 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5980 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5981 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5982 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
5984 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5985 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5987 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5988 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5989 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5990 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5991 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5994 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5995 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5996 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
5998 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5999 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6001 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6002 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6003 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6004 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6005 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6008 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6009 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6010 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6012 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6013 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6015 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6016 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6017 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6018 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6019 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6022 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6023 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6024 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6026 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6027 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6029 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6030 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6031 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6032 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6033 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6036 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6037 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6038 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6040 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6041 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6043 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6044 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6045 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6046 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6047 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6051 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6052 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6053 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6054 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6058 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6059 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6060 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6061 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6064 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6065 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6066 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6067 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6068 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6069 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6070 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6071 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6074 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6075 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6076 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6077 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6078 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6079 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6080 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6081 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6084 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6085 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6086 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6087 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6088 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6089 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6090 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6091 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6094 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6095 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6096 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6097 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6098 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6099 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6100 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6101 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6104 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6105 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6106 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6107 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6108 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6109 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6110 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6112 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6113 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6116 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6117 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6118 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6119 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6120 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6123 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6124 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6125 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6126 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6127 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6128 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6129 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6132 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6133 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6135 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6138 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6142 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6143 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6144 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6148 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6149 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6150 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6153 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6154 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6155 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6156 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6159 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6160 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6161 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6162 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6166 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6167 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6168 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6169 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6170 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6171 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6172 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6176 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6177 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6178 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6179 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6182 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6183 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6186 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6188 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6191 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6194 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6195 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6196 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6199 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6200 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6202 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6204 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6209 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6210 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6211 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6213 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6214 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6216 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6219 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6220 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6221 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6222 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6223 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6224 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6228 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6231 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6232 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6234 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6236 /* Obtain the current value. */
6237 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6239 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6240 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6242 /* Set the field. */
6243 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6245 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6246 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6249 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6250 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6252 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6253 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6255 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6258 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6260 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6265 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6269 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6270 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6273 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6274 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6277 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
6278 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6282 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6283 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6286 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6288 if (!info
->relocatable
6289 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6290 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6291 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6292 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6293 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6294 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6295 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6296 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6297 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6298 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6304 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6305 + input_section
->output_offset
6306 + relocation
->r_offset
6308 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6309 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6313 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6315 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6316 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6318 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6322 /* Put the value into the output. */
6323 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6325 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6327 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6333 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6334 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6335 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6336 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6339 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6340 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6341 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6343 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6344 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6346 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6351 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6354 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6355 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6357 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6358 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6359 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6360 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6361 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6362 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6365 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6366 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6367 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6369 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6370 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6371 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6372 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6375 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6376 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6379 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6381 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6382 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6383 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6388 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6389 in the relocation. */
6390 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6392 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6393 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6394 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6395 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6397 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6398 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6399 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6400 undefined symbols. */
6405 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6407 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6409 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6414 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6417 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6418 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6424 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6425 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6426 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6427 local symbols because we used to generate them
6428 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6429 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6430 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6431 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6432 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6433 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6435 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6436 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6437 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6438 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6439 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6444 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6445 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6446 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6447 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6448 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6451 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6452 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6453 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6455 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6456 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6457 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6460 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6461 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6462 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6463 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6464 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6465 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6466 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6467 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6468 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6469 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6470 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6471 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6472 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6473 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6476 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6478 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6479 correct location in the output file. */
6480 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6481 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6482 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6483 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6484 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6485 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6487 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6488 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6489 relocation format is non-standard. */
6490 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6492 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6493 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6495 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6497 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6499 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6500 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6502 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6504 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6508 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6509 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6511 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6512 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6514 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6515 will be writing to it. */
6516 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6519 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6520 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6522 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6527 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6529 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6530 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6531 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6532 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6533 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6534 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6536 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6537 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6538 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6540 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6541 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6542 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6543 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6544 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6545 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6546 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6550 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6551 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6553 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6554 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6559 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6562 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6564 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6566 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6567 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6569 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6570 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6572 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6573 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6575 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6576 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6578 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6579 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6581 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6582 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6584 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6585 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6587 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6588 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6590 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6591 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6593 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6594 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6596 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6597 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6599 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6600 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6602 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6603 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6605 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6606 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6608 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6609 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6611 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6612 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6614 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6615 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6617 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6618 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6621 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6625 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6628 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6631 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6634 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6637 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6639 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6640 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6642 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6643 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6645 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6646 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6648 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6649 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6651 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6652 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6654 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6655 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6662 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6664 static INLINE
char *
6665 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6669 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6670 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6673 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6675 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6679 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6681 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6683 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6685 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6688 return "unknown abi";
6692 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6693 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6694 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6695 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6696 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6697 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6698 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6699 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6701 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6702 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6703 definition in a shared library. */
6704 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6705 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6706 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6708 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6711 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6713 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6715 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6716 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6717 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6719 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6720 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6721 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6722 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6723 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6724 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6725 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6727 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6728 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6729 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6730 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6731 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6732 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6733 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6734 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6735 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6736 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6738 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6742 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6743 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6744 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6745 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6746 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6749 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6750 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6752 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6753 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6754 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6755 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6756 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6757 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6758 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6759 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6760 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6761 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6763 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6764 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6767 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6768 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6773 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6775 if (section
!= NULL
)
6777 asym
->section
= section
;
6778 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6779 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6780 base address to make it an offset. */
6781 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6788 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6790 if (section
!= NULL
)
6792 asym
->section
= section
;
6793 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6794 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6795 base address to make it an offset. */
6796 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6802 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6803 or microMIPS one. */
6804 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6805 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6808 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6809 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6810 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6812 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6813 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6817 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6818 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6820 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6821 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6822 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6823 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6824 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6826 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6827 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6828 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6829 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6831 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6832 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6833 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6834 We therefore take the following approach:
6836 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6837 determine the pointer size.
6839 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6840 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6844 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6845 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6846 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6847 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6848 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6850 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6851 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6855 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6857 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6859 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6861 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6863 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6864 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6865 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6872 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6873 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6874 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6883 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6884 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6885 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6887 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6888 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6891 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6892 will jump there rather than to .text.
6894 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6895 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6898 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6900 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6903 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6904 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6905 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6909 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6911 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6912 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6916 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6917 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6920 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6923 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6924 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6928 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6929 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6930 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6931 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6933 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6935 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6936 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6937 so that we don't have to read them again.
6938 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6939 through the section contents to see if there is an
6940 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6942 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6944 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6945 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6947 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6949 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6951 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6953 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6954 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6955 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6958 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6965 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6966 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6969 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6970 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6973 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6980 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6981 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6984 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6985 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6992 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6994 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6996 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6997 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6998 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6999 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7000 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7001 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7002 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7003 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7004 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7005 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7006 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7007 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7008 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7009 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7011 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7013 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7015 unsigned int adjust
;
7017 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7019 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7027 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7028 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7029 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7031 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7035 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7036 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7042 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7043 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7044 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7045 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7046 probably get away with this. */
7047 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7049 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7050 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7054 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7057 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7058 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7061 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7062 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7065 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7066 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7069 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7070 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7072 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7074 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7075 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7076 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7078 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7080 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7081 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7084 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7085 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7088 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7089 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7092 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7093 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7095 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7097 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7098 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7099 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7102 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7103 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7106 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7107 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7108 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7115 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7120 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7121 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7127 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7129 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7131 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7132 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7134 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7135 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7136 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7138 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7141 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7143 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7144 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7145 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7146 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7147 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7149 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7152 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7153 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7155 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7156 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7159 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7160 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7161 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7162 they should agree. */
7163 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7165 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7167 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7168 if (contents
== NULL
)
7170 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7177 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7178 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7180 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7182 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7184 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7186 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7187 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7188 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7191 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7193 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7195 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7197 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7198 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7200 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7202 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7204 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7206 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7208 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7209 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7211 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7221 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7222 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7223 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7226 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7228 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7230 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7232 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7233 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7234 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7236 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7237 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7238 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7240 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7241 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7242 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7244 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7245 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7246 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7248 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7249 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7250 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7251 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7252 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7254 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7256 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7258 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7259 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7260 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7261 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7263 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7264 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7266 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7269 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7271 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7272 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7273 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7274 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7276 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7277 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7279 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7280 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7283 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7284 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7285 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7286 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7287 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7288 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7289 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7290 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7292 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7293 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7295 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7297 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7298 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7299 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7301 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7303 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7304 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7305 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7307 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7309 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7310 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7312 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7313 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7315 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7317 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7318 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7319 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7320 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7321 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7323 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7325 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7326 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7327 final_write_processing. */
7329 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7330 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7332 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7333 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7334 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7336 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7338 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7339 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7340 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7343 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7344 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7345 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7346 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7347 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7352 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7353 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7354 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7355 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7356 the .scommon section. */
7359 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7360 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7362 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7364 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7367 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7369 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7375 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7376 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7379 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7380 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7381 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7382 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7384 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7385 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7386 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7388 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7393 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7394 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7395 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7396 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7397 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7398 is not done for them. */
7400 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7401 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7407 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7410 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7411 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7412 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7413 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7414 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7417 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7418 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7419 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7420 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7424 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7425 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7427 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7428 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7429 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7431 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7432 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7435 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7436 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7437 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7440 /* Initialize the section. */
7442 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7443 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7445 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7446 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7448 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7449 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7450 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7451 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7452 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7453 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7454 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7456 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7457 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7458 so I took it out. */
7459 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7462 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7463 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7465 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7466 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7468 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7469 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7470 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7472 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7473 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7476 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7477 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7478 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7481 /* Initialize the section. */
7483 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7484 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7486 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7487 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7489 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7490 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7491 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7492 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7493 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7494 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7495 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7497 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7498 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7499 so I took it out. */
7500 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7503 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7504 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7508 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7510 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7511 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7513 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7514 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7516 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7518 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7519 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7520 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7523 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7526 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7528 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7531 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7532 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7535 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7536 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7537 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7538 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7544 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7545 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7546 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7549 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7550 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7551 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7552 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7554 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7555 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7556 common in the output file. */
7557 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7558 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7559 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7561 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7562 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7567 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7569 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7572 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7574 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7575 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7577 register asection
*s
;
7578 const char * const *namep
;
7579 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7581 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7582 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7584 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7585 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7587 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7589 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7591 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7594 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7599 /* We need to create .got section. */
7600 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7603 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7606 /* Create .stub section. */
7607 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7608 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7611 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7612 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7616 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7618 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7620 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7621 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7623 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7624 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7628 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7629 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7630 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7631 the linker takes such action. */
7632 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7634 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7637 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7638 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7639 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7642 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7645 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7647 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7651 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7652 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7654 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7658 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7659 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7661 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7663 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7665 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7667 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7669 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7672 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7674 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7676 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7678 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7685 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7687 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7688 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7689 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7692 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7695 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7697 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7700 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7702 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7703 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7704 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7705 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7706 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7707 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7709 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7711 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7712 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7713 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7716 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7719 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7721 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7723 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7727 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7728 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7729 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7732 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7733 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7734 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7735 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7737 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7738 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7741 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7743 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7748 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7749 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7750 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7756 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7757 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7758 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7761 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7762 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7763 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7765 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7766 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7768 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7769 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7770 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7771 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7773 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7774 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7775 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7778 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7779 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7780 of the section that REL is against. */
7783 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7784 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7787 unsigned int r_type
;
7790 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7791 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7793 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7794 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7795 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7796 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7798 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7801 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7802 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7803 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7804 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7805 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7808 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7809 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7810 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7811 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7813 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7814 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7815 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7818 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7819 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7820 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7821 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7822 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7823 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7824 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7826 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7828 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7829 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7830 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7833 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7835 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7836 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7837 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7838 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7839 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7840 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7842 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7843 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7844 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7845 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7846 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7849 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7850 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7851 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7853 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7854 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7861 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7862 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7863 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7866 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7871 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7872 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7874 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7878 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7881 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7883 static struct plt_entry
*
7884 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7886 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7888 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7892 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7893 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7894 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7895 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7899 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7900 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7901 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7904 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7905 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7909 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7910 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7912 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7913 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7915 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7916 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7919 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7921 if (info
->relocatable
)
7924 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7925 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7927 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7928 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7929 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7930 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7932 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7933 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7935 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7937 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7938 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7940 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7942 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7945 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7948 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7949 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7950 " stub section `%s'"),
7952 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7956 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7957 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7961 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7962 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7963 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7964 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7966 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7967 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7969 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7970 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7971 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7972 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7976 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7978 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7981 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7982 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7983 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7984 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7987 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7996 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7997 not need it. Since this function is called before
7998 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7999 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8001 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8005 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8007 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8009 unsigned long symcount
;
8013 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8014 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8016 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8017 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8018 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8021 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8024 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8025 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8027 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8028 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8029 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8030 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8034 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8036 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8037 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8039 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8040 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8041 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8043 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8045 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8046 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8047 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8048 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8049 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8050 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8052 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8056 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8058 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8061 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8063 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8064 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8067 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8070 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8073 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8074 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8075 " stub section `%s'"),
8077 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8081 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8082 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8086 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8087 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8088 that refers to this symbol. */
8089 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8091 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8092 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8094 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8095 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8096 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8097 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8101 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8103 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8106 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8107 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8108 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8109 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8112 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8121 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8122 not need it. Since this function is called before
8123 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8124 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8126 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8130 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8132 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8134 unsigned long symcount
;
8138 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8139 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8141 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8142 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8143 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8146 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8149 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8150 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8152 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8153 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8154 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8155 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8159 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8160 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8162 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8164 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8165 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8167 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8169 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8170 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8171 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8172 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8173 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8176 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8180 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8182 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8188 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8190 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8191 unsigned int r_type
;
8192 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8193 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8194 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8195 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8197 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8198 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8200 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8202 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8204 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8205 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8207 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8212 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8215 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8216 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8217 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8219 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8221 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8225 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8226 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8227 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8229 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8230 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8231 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8233 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8234 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8235 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8236 .debug* should have no effect. */
8237 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8242 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8243 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8244 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8245 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8246 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8247 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8248 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8252 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8253 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8254 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8255 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8256 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8257 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8259 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8260 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8261 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8262 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8263 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8264 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8265 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8266 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8267 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8268 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8269 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8270 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8271 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8272 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8274 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8275 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8277 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8279 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8280 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8281 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8282 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8285 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8290 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8291 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8292 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8293 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8296 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8297 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8298 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8299 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8300 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8301 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8302 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8303 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8304 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8305 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8311 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8312 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8313 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8315 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8316 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8317 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8318 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8319 against a read-only section. */
8322 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8323 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8324 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8325 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8326 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8327 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8329 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8331 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8337 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8338 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8340 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8341 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8342 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8343 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8344 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8345 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8351 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8353 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8354 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8357 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8359 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8360 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8361 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8362 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8363 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8364 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8367 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8368 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8369 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8370 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8374 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8378 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8379 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8380 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8381 relocations against the text segment. */
8382 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8385 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8386 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8387 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8388 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8390 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8391 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8392 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8393 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8394 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8395 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8396 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8397 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8398 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8399 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8404 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8405 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8406 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8411 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8412 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8415 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8416 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8417 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8418 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8423 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8424 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8425 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8426 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8429 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8430 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8431 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8432 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8436 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8437 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8438 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8444 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8445 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8446 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8448 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8449 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8450 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8451 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8452 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8453 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8455 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8456 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8457 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8459 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8461 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8463 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8464 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8466 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8467 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8470 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8473 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8474 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8481 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8483 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8484 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8485 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8486 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8490 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8491 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8494 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8495 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8496 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8501 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8502 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8503 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8505 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8508 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8509 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8510 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8511 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8513 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8519 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8520 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8521 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8522 for TLS GD relocations. */
8525 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8531 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8541 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8542 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8543 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8544 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8548 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8552 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8554 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8555 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8556 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8557 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8558 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8559 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8560 relocations against the text segment. */
8561 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8565 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8567 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8568 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8569 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8570 it will be left as zero.
8572 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8573 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8575 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8576 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8578 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8579 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8580 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8581 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8582 are relocations against the text segment. */
8583 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8587 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8588 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8589 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8593 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8594 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8595 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8596 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8597 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8598 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8599 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8600 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8601 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8602 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8605 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8606 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8607 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8608 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8612 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8613 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8614 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8615 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8617 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8625 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8626 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8627 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8628 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8629 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8630 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8633 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8634 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8636 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8637 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8638 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8641 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8642 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8644 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8647 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8648 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8649 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8650 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8652 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8653 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8655 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8657 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8658 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8661 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8662 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8663 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8664 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8665 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8673 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8674 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8675 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8676 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8677 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8678 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8679 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8682 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8683 and has a special meaning. */
8684 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8685 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8688 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8689 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8696 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8697 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8698 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8699 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8701 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8702 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8714 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8715 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8718 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8719 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8721 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8723 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8724 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8725 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8727 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8730 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8733 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8734 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8735 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8738 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8739 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8740 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8741 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8743 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8746 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8747 unsigned int r_type
;
8748 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8750 unsigned long instruction
;
8752 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8753 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8754 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8755 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8756 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8759 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8760 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8761 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8763 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8764 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8765 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8767 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8768 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8769 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8771 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8773 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8774 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8775 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8776 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8777 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8780 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8781 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8782 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8783 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8784 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8786 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8790 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8792 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8793 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8795 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8796 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8797 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8798 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8800 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8804 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8805 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8807 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8808 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8809 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8810 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8813 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8814 symval
= isym
->st_value
8815 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8816 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8819 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8821 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8822 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8824 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8825 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8830 /* Check that it's in range. */
8831 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8834 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8835 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8838 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8840 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8841 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8842 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8843 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8844 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8845 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8849 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8850 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8851 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8854 if (contents
!= NULL
8855 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8857 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8861 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8862 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8868 if (contents
!= NULL
8869 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8874 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8877 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8879 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8882 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8884 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8885 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8887 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8888 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8890 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8891 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8892 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8895 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8896 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8897 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8900 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8901 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8902 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8903 if (! info
->relocatable
8904 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8905 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8906 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8909 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8911 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8913 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8914 non-default visibility. */
8915 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8918 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8920 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8922 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8929 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8930 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8931 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8932 relocations against it.
8934 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8935 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8937 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8939 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8940 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8941 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8945 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8946 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8947 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8948 against the text segment. */
8949 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8956 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8957 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8958 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8959 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8963 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8964 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8968 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8970 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8971 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8973 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8974 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8976 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8977 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8979 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8982 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8984 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8986 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8987 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8988 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8989 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8990 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8992 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8993 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8994 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8996 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8999 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9000 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9001 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9002 executable and the shared library. */
9003 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9005 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9006 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9010 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9011 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9013 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9014 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9015 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9016 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9017 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9018 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9019 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9020 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9021 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9022 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9023 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9024 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9025 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9027 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9028 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9030 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9031 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9032 for PLT offset calculations. */
9033 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9035 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9038 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9039 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9040 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9041 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9042 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9043 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9046 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9047 for the same reason as above. */
9048 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9049 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9052 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9054 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9056 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9057 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9059 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9060 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9061 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9062 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9064 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9065 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9066 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9067 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9068 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9069 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9070 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9072 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9073 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9074 else if (!micromips_p
)
9076 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9077 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9078 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9079 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9081 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9083 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9084 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9085 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9086 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9090 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9091 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9092 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9093 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9097 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9098 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9099 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9102 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9103 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9105 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9106 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9107 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9108 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9113 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9115 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9116 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9119 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9120 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9121 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9122 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9123 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9124 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9125 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9128 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9130 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9133 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9135 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9136 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9138 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9140 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9141 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9144 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9145 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9147 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9148 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9149 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
9150 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9152 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9153 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9154 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9155 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9157 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9158 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9159 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9161 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9162 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9163 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9168 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9169 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9170 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9171 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9173 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9174 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9175 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9176 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9180 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9181 in regular objects. */
9185 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9186 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9187 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9190 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9191 some that we can't convert. */
9192 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
9194 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9195 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9196 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9201 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9202 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9203 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9204 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9205 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9206 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9207 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9208 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9209 same memory location for the variable. */
9211 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9213 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9214 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9216 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9220 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9221 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9222 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9224 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9227 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9228 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9229 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9232 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9233 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9236 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9237 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9239 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9240 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9242 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9243 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9245 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9247 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9248 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9250 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9253 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9255 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9256 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9263 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9266 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9270 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9271 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9272 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9274 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9275 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9277 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9278 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9284 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9287 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9288 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9289 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9290 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9291 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9293 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9294 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9295 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9297 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9298 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9299 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9301 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9304 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9305 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9307 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9309 asection
*subsection
;
9311 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9313 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9315 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9317 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9318 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9322 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9323 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9324 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9325 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9328 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9329 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9330 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9332 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9334 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9335 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9337 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9338 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9340 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9341 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9342 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9344 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9345 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9347 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9349 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9354 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9355 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9356 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9357 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9358 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9359 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9361 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9362 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9365 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9366 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9369 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9370 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9372 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9373 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9374 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9376 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9378 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9384 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9387 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9389 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9390 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9392 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9393 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9395 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9398 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9399 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9400 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9402 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9403 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9404 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9406 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9407 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9409 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9410 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9411 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9412 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9413 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9414 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9415 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9416 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9417 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9418 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9419 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9420 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9421 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9423 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9424 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9425 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9427 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9430 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9431 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9432 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9435 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9437 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9438 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9439 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9443 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9444 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9445 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9447 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9449 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9450 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9451 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9453 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9454 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9455 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9456 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9461 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9462 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9463 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9464 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9465 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9470 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9471 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9474 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9476 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9477 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9478 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9479 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9481 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9482 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9485 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9486 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9488 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9491 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9493 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9495 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9498 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9499 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9500 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9502 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9503 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9504 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9507 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9514 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9515 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9516 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9517 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9520 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9522 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9523 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9524 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9529 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9530 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9532 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9534 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9535 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9536 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9538 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9539 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9542 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9548 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9549 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9552 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9553 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9555 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9558 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9559 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9560 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9566 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9569 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9570 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9573 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9574 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9575 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9577 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9578 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9579 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9580 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9582 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9584 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9585 if (info
->executable
)
9587 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9588 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9590 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9592 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9595 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9596 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9597 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9598 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9599 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9600 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9602 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9603 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9605 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9606 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9607 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9609 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9610 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9611 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9612 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9613 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9616 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9617 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9618 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9620 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9621 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9622 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9623 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9624 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9625 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9626 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9627 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9628 else if (!micromips_p
)
9629 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9630 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9631 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9633 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9635 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9636 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9637 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9638 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9639 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9640 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9641 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9643 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9645 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9647 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9648 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9649 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9654 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9655 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9661 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9662 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9664 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9666 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9669 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9671 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9672 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9675 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9679 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9680 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9681 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9683 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9686 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9690 const char *outname
;
9693 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9694 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9695 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9696 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9697 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9699 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9701 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9703 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9704 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9705 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9708 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9709 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9710 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9713 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9714 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9715 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9716 will move them around between input sections'
9717 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9718 broken, so don't let it run. */
9719 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9722 else if (! info
->shared
9723 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9724 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9726 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9727 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9728 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9730 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9731 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9732 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9733 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9735 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9736 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9737 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9738 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9739 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9742 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9744 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9745 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9746 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9748 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9754 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9758 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9761 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9762 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9763 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9765 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9770 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9772 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9773 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9774 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9775 the .dynamic section. */
9777 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9778 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9779 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9780 may only look at the first one they see. */
9782 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9785 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9786 used by the debugger. */
9787 if (info
->executable
9788 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9789 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9792 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9793 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9795 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9797 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9800 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9801 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9802 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9803 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9804 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9807 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9810 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9811 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9813 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9814 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9815 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9817 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9820 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9823 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9829 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9831 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9834 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9837 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9841 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9844 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9847 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9850 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9853 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9856 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9859 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9862 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9863 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9866 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9867 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9868 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9869 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9872 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9874 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9877 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9880 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9883 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9886 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9887 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9894 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9895 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9896 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9897 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9900 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9901 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9902 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9904 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9905 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9908 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9910 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9911 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9912 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9913 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9915 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9916 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9919 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9920 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9922 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9923 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9925 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9926 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9929 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9930 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9931 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9935 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9936 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9937 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9938 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9939 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9940 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9941 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9942 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9943 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9944 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9945 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9947 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9948 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9949 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9952 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9953 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9954 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9955 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9956 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9957 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9958 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9961 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9962 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9963 unsigned int r_type
;
9966 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9968 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9969 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9971 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9977 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9978 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9979 howto
, i
, contents
);
9984 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9987 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9988 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9989 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9990 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9991 asection
**local_sections
)
9993 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9994 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9996 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9997 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9999 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10000 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10001 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10005 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10006 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10007 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10009 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10010 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10012 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10014 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10015 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10016 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10018 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10019 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10021 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10022 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10024 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10025 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10026 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10028 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10033 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10036 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10037 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10038 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10039 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10040 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10041 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10044 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10045 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10046 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10049 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10051 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10052 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10053 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10057 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10059 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10060 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10061 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10062 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10063 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10064 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10065 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10067 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10069 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10070 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10073 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10075 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10076 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10077 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10078 RELA relocation. */
10079 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10082 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10083 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10085 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10086 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10087 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10090 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10091 contents
, &addend
))
10094 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10096 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10097 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10099 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10100 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10101 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10106 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10109 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10110 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10111 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10114 if (info
->relocatable
)
10116 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10117 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10118 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10120 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10122 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10123 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10124 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10125 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10126 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10127 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10128 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10130 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10132 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10133 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10134 source of the addend in the final link. */
10135 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10137 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10138 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10139 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10140 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10141 but for endianness. */
10147 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10149 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10156 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10157 do two separate stores. */
10158 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10160 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10162 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10163 high_bits
= addend
;
10168 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10170 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10171 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10172 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10173 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10177 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10178 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10183 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10187 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10188 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10189 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10191 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10192 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10193 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10194 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10196 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10198 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10199 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10200 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10201 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10202 local_sections
, &value
,
10203 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10204 use_saved_addend_p
))
10206 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10207 /* There's nothing to do. */
10210 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10211 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10212 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10213 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10214 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10217 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10218 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10219 info
->callbacks
->warning
10220 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10223 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10224 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10225 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10226 a given location. */
10230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10232 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10233 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10234 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10235 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10236 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10237 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10239 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10240 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10242 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10243 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10245 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10246 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10247 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
10255 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10256 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10258 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10259 info
->callbacks
->warning
10260 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10263 if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10265 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10266 info
->callbacks
->warning
10267 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10270 /* Fall through. */
10277 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10278 until we reach the last one. */
10279 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10285 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10286 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10287 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10288 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10289 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10290 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10291 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10292 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10298 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10300 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10307 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10308 do two separate stores. */
10309 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10311 /* Undo what we did above. */
10312 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10313 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10315 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10321 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10324 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10326 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10330 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10331 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10332 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10333 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10340 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10341 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10344 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10346 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10347 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10348 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10351 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10353 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10354 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10355 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10356 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10358 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10359 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10363 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10372 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10373 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10375 /* Work out the target address. */
10376 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10377 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10379 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10380 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10382 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10384 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10385 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10386 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10388 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10390 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10391 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10393 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10394 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10399 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10400 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10405 /* This is trampoline. */
10407 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10409 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10410 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10411 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10412 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10413 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10414 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10415 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10419 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10420 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10421 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10422 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10428 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10429 adjust it appropriately now. */
10432 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10433 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10435 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10436 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10437 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10440 "__dso_displacement",
10442 "__program_header_table",
10446 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10454 const char* const *p
;
10457 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10458 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10461 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10463 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10465 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10466 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10468 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10470 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10472 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10478 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10479 dynamic sections here. */
10482 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10483 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10484 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10485 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10489 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10492 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10493 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10495 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10496 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10497 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10498 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10500 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10502 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10503 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10504 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10506 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10508 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10509 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10513 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10515 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10516 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10517 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10518 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10519 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10521 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10522 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10523 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10524 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10526 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10527 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10528 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10529 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10531 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10532 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10534 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10535 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10536 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10537 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10539 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10541 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10542 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10543 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10545 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10546 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10548 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10550 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10552 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10553 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10555 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10556 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10558 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10560 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10561 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10563 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10564 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10565 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10568 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10570 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10571 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10575 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10576 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10581 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10582 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10584 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10586 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10587 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10589 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10591 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10592 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10594 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10595 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10597 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10599 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10600 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10601 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10602 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10603 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10604 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10605 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10607 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10609 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10611 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10612 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10613 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10614 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10615 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10616 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10617 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10618 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10622 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10623 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10624 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10626 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10628 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10629 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10630 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10632 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10633 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10635 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10636 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10637 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10639 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10640 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10641 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10645 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10646 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10647 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10648 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10649 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10650 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10651 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10655 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10656 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10657 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10658 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10660 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10661 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10662 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10663 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10664 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10665 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10666 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10674 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10676 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10677 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10678 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10679 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10680 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10681 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10682 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10685 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10686 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10687 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10689 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10691 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10693 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10695 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10697 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10698 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10700 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10703 /* Fill the stub. */
10707 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10712 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10713 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10719 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10722 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10724 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10726 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10727 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10733 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10739 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10743 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10744 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10745 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10746 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10747 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10749 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10750 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10751 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10754 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10755 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10762 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10766 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10768 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10772 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10775 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10776 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10777 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10778 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10780 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10788 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10789 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10792 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10793 only for the referenced symbol. */
10794 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10796 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10797 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10798 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10799 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10800 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10801 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10803 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10806 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10807 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10809 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10811 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10812 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10813 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10814 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10815 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10818 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10819 || h
->forced_local
);
10822 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10823 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10825 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10826 the symbols that need them. */
10827 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10832 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10833 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10834 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10837 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10839 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10845 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10848 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10850 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10853 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10856 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10857 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10859 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10861 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10862 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10864 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10865 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10866 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10867 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10868 appropriate addend. */
10869 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10871 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10872 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10873 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10875 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10876 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10879 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10880 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10881 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10885 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10886 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10891 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10892 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10893 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10894 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10895 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10896 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10897 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10899 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10900 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10903 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10905 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10906 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10907 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10909 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10911 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10912 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10914 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10915 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10917 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10919 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10921 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10922 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10923 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10924 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10926 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10928 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10929 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10930 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10931 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10935 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10941 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10942 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10944 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10945 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10946 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10947 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10948 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10949 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10952 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10953 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10954 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10956 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10957 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10958 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10960 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10961 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10963 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
10965 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10966 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
10972 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10975 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10976 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10977 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10978 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10982 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10983 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10984 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10986 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10987 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10988 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10989 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10991 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10994 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10995 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10996 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10997 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
10998 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11000 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11001 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11003 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11004 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
11005 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11006 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11008 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11009 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11010 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11013 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11014 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11015 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11016 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11018 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11019 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11020 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11022 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11023 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11024 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11026 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11028 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11029 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11031 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11032 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11036 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11038 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11042 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11044 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11045 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11046 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11048 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11049 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11050 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11051 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11052 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11053 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11057 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11058 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11060 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11061 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11062 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11063 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11064 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11066 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11067 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11068 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11069 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11070 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11071 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11073 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11074 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11076 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11077 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11080 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11081 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11082 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11083 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11084 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11086 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11088 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11089 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11092 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11095 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11096 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11098 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11099 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11102 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11106 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11107 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11108 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11110 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11111 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11112 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11113 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11114 + sgot
->output_offset
11116 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11117 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11118 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11121 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11124 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11126 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11128 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11129 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11130 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11131 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11133 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11134 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11135 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11136 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11137 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11140 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11141 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11142 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11147 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11150 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11153 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11154 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11155 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11157 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11158 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11160 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11161 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11162 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11163 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11164 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11165 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11166 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11167 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11169 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11171 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11172 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11173 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11174 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11175 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11177 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11178 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11179 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11180 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11182 /* Install the PLT header. */
11183 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11184 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11186 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11187 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11190 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11192 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11193 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11194 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11196 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11197 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11199 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11200 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11202 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11203 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11204 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11205 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11208 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11209 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11210 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11211 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11212 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11214 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11218 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11219 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11220 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11221 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11222 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11223 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11224 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11225 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11242 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11243 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11246 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11248 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11250 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11251 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11254 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11255 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11257 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11259 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11260 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11261 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11262 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11264 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11265 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11267 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11268 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11270 /* Install the PLT header. */
11271 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11279 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11280 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11281 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11282 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11284 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11285 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11287 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11288 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11289 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11290 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11291 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11292 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11294 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11295 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11296 in which symbols were output. */
11297 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11299 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11301 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11302 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11303 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11304 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11306 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11307 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11308 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11309 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11311 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11312 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11313 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11314 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11318 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11321 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11324 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11326 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11327 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11329 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11330 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11331 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11332 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11335 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11338 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11339 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11344 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11345 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11347 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11348 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11350 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11352 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11355 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11357 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11360 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11362 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11363 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11365 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11366 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11368 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11369 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11370 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11372 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11376 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11378 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11379 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11381 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11387 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11391 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11392 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11396 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11398 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11403 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11406 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11408 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11411 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11412 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11415 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11416 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11419 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11423 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11427 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11429 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11432 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11434 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11437 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11438 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11439 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11440 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11443 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11444 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11447 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11448 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11449 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11450 referenced within the same object. */
11451 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11454 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11455 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11457 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11460 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11461 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11462 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11464 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11466 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11467 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
11470 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11472 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11475 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11476 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11479 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11481 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11482 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11485 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11486 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11489 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11490 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11491 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11495 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11496 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11497 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11498 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11502 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11503 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11505 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11509 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11510 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11511 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11513 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11517 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11518 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11522 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11523 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11524 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11528 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11529 the dynamic tag. */
11530 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11532 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11533 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11538 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11539 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11540 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11541 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11543 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11547 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11548 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11549 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11554 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11555 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11556 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11560 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11565 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11566 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11567 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11570 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11571 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11573 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11575 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11576 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11577 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11578 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11579 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11580 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11581 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11583 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11584 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11585 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11587 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11591 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11592 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11593 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11594 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11595 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11596 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11599 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11600 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11603 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11604 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11606 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11607 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11609 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11610 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11612 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11614 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11615 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11617 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11618 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11619 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11621 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11623 if (! info
->shared
)
11626 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11628 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11629 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11632 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11633 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11634 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11635 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11636 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11637 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11639 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11644 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11645 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11648 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11651 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11653 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11655 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11656 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11657 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11659 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11662 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11663 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11665 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11671 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11672 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11673 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11674 are trailing null entries. */
11675 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11676 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11677 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11678 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11679 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11680 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11681 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11682 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11687 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11692 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11699 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11701 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11703 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11704 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11708 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11710 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11711 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11714 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11715 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11718 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11719 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11721 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11723 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11724 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11725 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11726 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11731 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11732 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11733 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11734 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11735 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11737 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11739 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11741 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11743 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11744 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11745 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11746 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11748 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11749 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11750 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11755 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11757 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11760 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11762 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11766 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
11767 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11775 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11778 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11782 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11785 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11786 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11789 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11790 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11793 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11794 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11797 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11798 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11799 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11800 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11801 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11804 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11805 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11808 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11809 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11812 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11813 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11816 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11817 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11820 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11821 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11824 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11825 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11828 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11829 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11832 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11833 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11836 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11837 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11840 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11841 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11842 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11843 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11844 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11845 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11846 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11847 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11850 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11851 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11854 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11855 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11858 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11859 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11862 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11863 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11866 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11867 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11870 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11871 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11872 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11875 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11876 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
11879 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11880 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11883 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11884 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11887 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11888 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11891 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11892 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11895 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11896 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
11897 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
11898 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11901 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11902 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
11903 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
11904 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11907 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
11908 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
11911 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
11912 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
11915 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11916 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11921 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
11922 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
11923 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
11924 relocs to be sorted. */
11927 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
11929 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
11933 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11934 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11935 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11938 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11939 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11942 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11946 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11947 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11948 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11949 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11950 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11952 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11953 info for each special section. */
11954 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11955 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11958 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11960 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11961 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11962 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11964 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11967 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11968 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11969 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11970 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11971 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11972 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11973 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11974 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11977 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11978 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11979 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11980 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11981 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11982 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11983 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11984 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11985 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11988 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11989 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11991 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11992 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11994 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11997 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11998 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11999 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12000 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12001 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12002 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12003 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12006 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12007 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12009 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12011 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12012 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12019 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12023 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12024 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12029 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12030 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12031 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12034 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12035 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12038 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12039 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12040 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12041 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12044 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12045 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12046 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12047 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12050 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12051 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12052 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12053 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12059 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12062 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12063 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12066 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12069 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12071 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12072 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12074 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12075 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12080 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12084 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12086 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12088 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12089 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12091 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12092 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12100 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12102 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12103 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12105 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12106 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12111 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12115 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12117 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12119 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12120 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12122 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12123 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12131 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12132 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12133 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12135 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12136 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12137 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12138 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12140 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12142 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12143 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12148 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12150 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12152 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12153 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12156 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12158 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12159 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12160 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12161 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12162 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12163 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12164 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12165 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12166 *pm
= options_segment
;
12172 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12174 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12175 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12176 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12177 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12178 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12180 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12181 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12186 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12190 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12192 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12197 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12202 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12205 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12206 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12207 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12217 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12218 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12220 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12222 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12225 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12226 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12227 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12228 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12229 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12230 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12231 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12232 PT_LOAD segment. */
12233 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12236 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12238 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12240 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12244 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12246 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12248 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12250 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12251 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12258 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12259 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12264 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12265 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12267 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12270 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12271 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12278 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12280 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12282 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12284 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12293 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12294 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12296 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12297 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12298 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12299 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12300 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12302 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12303 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12304 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12305 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12306 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12309 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12310 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12312 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12313 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12315 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12316 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12320 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12324 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12332 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12336 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12337 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12338 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12340 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12342 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12345 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12347 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12348 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12352 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12355 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12358 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12359 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12360 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12361 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12365 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12366 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12367 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12368 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12369 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12371 if (info
->relocatable
)
12374 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12375 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12376 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12378 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12379 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12380 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12382 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12383 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12385 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12386 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12387 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12388 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12389 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12390 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12391 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12392 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12393 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12394 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12395 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12396 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12397 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12398 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12399 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12400 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12401 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12402 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12403 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12404 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12415 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12418 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12419 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12423 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12425 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12429 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12432 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12434 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12435 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12437 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12445 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12446 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12447 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12448 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12451 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12453 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12455 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12457 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12459 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12460 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12461 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12462 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12463 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12464 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12466 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12469 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12470 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12471 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12472 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12473 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12474 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12476 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12477 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12479 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12481 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12482 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12484 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12486 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12487 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12489 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12491 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12492 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12494 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12495 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12496 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12497 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12498 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12499 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12502 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12505 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12506 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12509 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12510 unsigned char *tdata
;
12513 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12518 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12520 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12521 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12524 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12528 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12529 info
->keep_memory
);
12536 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12537 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12539 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12541 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12550 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12551 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12552 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12553 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12559 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12560 free (cookie
->rels
);
12566 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12568 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12574 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12575 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12576 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12578 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12581 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12584 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12588 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12589 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12591 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12593 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12596 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12599 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12600 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12604 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12605 from output by default for clarity. */
12608 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12610 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12613 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12614 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12616 struct mips_elf_find_line
12618 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12619 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12623 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12624 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12625 const char **filename_ptr
,
12626 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12627 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12628 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12632 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12633 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12634 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12635 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12636 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12637 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12640 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12641 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12645 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12648 flagword origflags
;
12649 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12650 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12651 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12653 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12654 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12655 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12656 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12657 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12658 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12660 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12663 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12666 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12667 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12669 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12672 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12676 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12678 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12682 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12683 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12684 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12685 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12687 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12690 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12691 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12692 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12693 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12694 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12695 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12696 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12698 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12700 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12701 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12702 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12703 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12704 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12705 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12708 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12709 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12712 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12716 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12719 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12721 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12722 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12723 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12727 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12728 const char **filename_ptr
,
12729 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12730 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12733 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12734 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12735 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12740 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12741 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12742 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12745 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12746 const void *location
,
12747 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12749 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12753 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12755 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12756 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12757 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12760 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12763 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12766 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12769 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12772 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12776 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12777 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12780 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12782 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12783 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12785 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12788 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12789 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12790 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12793 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12794 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12797 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12800 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12801 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12804 /* read in the section */
12805 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12806 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12809 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12813 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12816 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12821 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12824 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12825 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12826 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12827 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12828 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12832 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12833 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12840 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12841 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12842 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12845 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12846 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12848 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12850 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12851 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12853 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12855 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12864 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12866 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12867 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12869 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12870 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12871 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12873 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12874 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12875 to the generic handling. */
12877 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12878 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12879 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12880 input_section
, relocatable
,
12883 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12885 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12890 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12892 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12893 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12897 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12901 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12902 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12903 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12904 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12907 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12908 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12909 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12910 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12911 (*parent
)->address
)))
12914 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12915 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12917 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12918 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12919 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12922 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12931 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12932 free (reloc_vector
);
12936 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12937 free (reloc_vector
);
12942 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12943 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12945 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12946 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12947 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12948 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12949 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12950 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12951 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12952 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12953 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12954 unsigned int symcount
;
12956 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12957 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12959 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12960 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12962 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12963 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12964 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12965 sec
->size
-= count
;
12967 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12968 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12970 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12971 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12972 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12975 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12976 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12978 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12979 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12980 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12981 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12982 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12983 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12985 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12986 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12987 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12988 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12989 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12991 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12993 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12995 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12996 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12997 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12999 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13001 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13002 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13004 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13012 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13013 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13015 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13016 unsigned long match
;
13017 unsigned long mask
;
13020 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13024 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13026 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13027 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13029 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13031 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13032 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13035 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13037 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13038 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13039 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13040 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13043 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13044 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13046 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13047 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13049 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13050 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13052 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13053 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13055 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13056 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13058 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13059 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13062 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13064 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13065 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13066 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13068 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13070 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13071 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13072 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13073 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13076 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13077 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13078 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13079 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13082 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13083 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13084 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13085 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13088 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13089 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13090 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13091 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13094 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13096 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
13097 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
13098 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
13101 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13103 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13104 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13106 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13107 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13109 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13110 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13112 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13113 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13115 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13116 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13118 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13120 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13121 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13123 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13124 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13126 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13127 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13128 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13129 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13132 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13134 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13135 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13137 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13138 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13139 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13143 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13145 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13146 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13148 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13149 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13151 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13152 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13154 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13156 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13158 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13159 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13161 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13162 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13163 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13164 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13168 /* LUI instruction. */
13170 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13171 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13174 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13176 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13177 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13179 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13180 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13182 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13183 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13186 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13188 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13189 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13190 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13191 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13193 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13194 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13196 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13197 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13198 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13199 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13202 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13203 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13206 /* NOP instructions. */
13208 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13209 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13211 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13212 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13215 /* Instruction match support. */
13217 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13220 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13222 unsigned long indx
;
13224 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13225 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13232 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13234 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13235 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13236 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13237 the second half of another instruction. */
13240 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13242 unsigned long opcode
;
13245 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13246 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13247 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13249 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13250 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13251 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13254 /* No delay slot. */
13260 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13261 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13262 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13263 the second half of another instruction. */
13266 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13268 unsigned long opcode
;
13271 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13272 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13273 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13275 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13276 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13279 /* No delay slot. */
13285 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13286 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13289 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13291 unsigned long opcode
;
13293 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13294 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13296 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13298 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13299 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13300 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13302 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13308 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13309 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13312 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13314 unsigned long opcode
;
13316 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13317 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13319 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13320 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13321 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13323 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13324 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13325 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13326 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13327 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13328 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13329 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13330 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13336 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13337 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13338 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13341 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13342 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13343 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13345 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13346 unsigned long opcode
;
13348 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13349 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13352 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13353 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13354 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13360 /* Bitsize checking. */
13361 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13362 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13363 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13367 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13368 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13369 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13371 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13372 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13373 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13374 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13375 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13376 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13378 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13381 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13382 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13385 if (link_info
->relocatable
13386 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13387 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13388 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13391 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13393 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13394 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13395 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13396 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13397 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13400 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13401 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13402 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13404 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13405 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13406 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13407 unsigned long opcode
;
13413 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13414 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13418 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13420 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13421 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13422 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13425 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13426 if (contents
== NULL
)
13428 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13429 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13430 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13431 /* Go get them off disk. */
13432 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13435 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13437 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13438 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13440 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13441 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13442 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13443 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13445 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13449 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13450 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13452 /* A local symbol. */
13453 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13456 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13457 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13458 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13459 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13460 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13461 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13462 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13464 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13465 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13466 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13467 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13468 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13472 unsigned long indx
;
13473 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13475 /* An external symbol. */
13476 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13477 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13478 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13480 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13481 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13482 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13483 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13484 regular reloc processing. */
13487 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13488 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13489 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13490 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13491 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13495 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13496 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13497 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13498 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13499 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13500 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13501 the linker is run. */
13503 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13504 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13507 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13509 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13510 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13512 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13515 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13516 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13517 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13519 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13521 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13522 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13523 out the offset). */
13524 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13526 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13527 unsigned long nextopc
;
13531 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13533 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13534 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13535 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13538 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13539 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13540 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13541 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13544 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13545 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13546 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13547 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13550 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13551 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13552 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13553 it through if so. */
13554 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13555 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13556 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13557 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13558 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13559 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13561 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13563 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13566 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13568 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13569 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13570 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13571 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13572 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13573 switch (offset
- 4)
13578 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13582 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13589 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13591 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13593 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13596 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13597 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13598 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13600 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13601 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13603 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13604 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13606 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13607 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13608 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13609 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13610 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13611 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13614 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13615 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13616 the PC-relative distance. */
13617 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13618 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13619 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13620 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13621 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13623 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13624 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13626 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13627 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13628 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13630 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13631 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13634 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13638 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13639 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13641 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13646 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13647 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13648 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13649 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13650 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13651 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13652 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13653 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13655 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13656 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13657 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13658 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13660 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13664 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13666 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13667 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13668 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13669 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13671 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13673 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13674 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13678 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13679 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13681 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13682 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13683 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13685 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13686 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13688 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13691 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13694 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13699 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13700 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13702 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13703 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13704 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13705 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13706 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13707 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13711 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13713 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13714 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13716 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13718 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13719 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13720 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13723 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13728 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13730 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13731 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13732 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13733 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13735 unsigned long n32opc
;
13736 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13738 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13740 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13742 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13743 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13747 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13749 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13751 (move_insn_16
.match
13752 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13753 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13758 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13759 instructions will be handled here later. */
13763 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13764 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13765 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13767 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13775 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13776 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13777 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13778 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13780 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13781 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13782 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13785 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13786 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13791 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13792 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13794 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13798 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13799 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13803 if (contents
!= NULL
13804 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13806 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13810 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13811 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13815 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13816 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13817 free (internal_relocs
);
13822 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13823 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13825 if (contents
!= NULL
13826 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13828 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13829 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13830 free (internal_relocs
);
13835 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13837 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13838 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13840 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13841 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13843 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13847 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13848 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13849 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13855 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13856 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13858 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13861 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13863 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13864 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13866 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13868 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13871 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13873 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13874 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13875 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13880 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13881 and copy relocs. */
13884 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13886 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13889 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13890 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13893 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13895 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13898 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
13901 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
13903 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
13905 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
13906 return AFL_EXT_3900
;
13907 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
13908 return AFL_EXT_4010
;
13909 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
13910 return AFL_EXT_4100
;
13911 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
13912 return AFL_EXT_4111
;
13913 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
13914 return AFL_EXT_4120
;
13915 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
13916 return AFL_EXT_4650
;
13917 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
13918 return AFL_EXT_5400
;
13919 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
13920 return AFL_EXT_5500
;
13921 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
13922 return AFL_EXT_5900
;
13923 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
13924 return AFL_EXT_10000
;
13925 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
13926 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
13927 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
13928 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
13929 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
13930 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
13931 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
13932 return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
13933 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
13934 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
13935 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
13936 return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
13937 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
13938 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
13939 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
13940 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
13941 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
13942 return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
13947 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
13950 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
13952 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
13954 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
:
13955 abiflags
->isa_level
= 1;
13956 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13958 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
:
13959 abiflags
->isa_level
= 2;
13960 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13962 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
:
13963 abiflags
->isa_level
= 3;
13964 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13966 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
:
13967 abiflags
->isa_level
= 4;
13968 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13970 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
:
13971 abiflags
->isa_level
= 5;
13972 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13974 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
13975 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13976 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
13978 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
13979 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13980 /* Handle MIPS32r3 and MIPS32r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13981 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
13982 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
13984 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
13985 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13986 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 6;
13988 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
13989 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13990 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
13992 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
13993 /* Handle MIPS64r3 and MIPS64r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13994 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13995 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
13996 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
13998 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
13999 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
14000 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 6;
14003 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14004 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14005 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14008 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14011 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14014 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14016 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14017 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14018 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14019 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14020 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14021 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14022 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14023 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14026 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14029 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14031 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14033 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14034 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14036 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14037 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14039 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14041 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14043 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14044 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14046 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14047 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14048 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14049 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14050 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14051 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14052 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14053 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14054 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14056 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14058 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14059 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14060 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14061 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14062 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14063 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14065 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14066 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14067 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14068 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14069 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14070 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14073 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14074 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14075 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14078 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14081 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14082 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14083 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14084 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14085 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14086 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14087 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14088 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14089 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14090 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14095 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14097 static const char * const secname
[] =
14099 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14100 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14102 static const int sc
[] =
14104 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14105 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14108 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14110 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14111 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14113 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14116 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14118 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14120 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14124 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14125 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14127 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14129 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14130 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14131 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14132 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14133 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14134 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14135 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14136 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14137 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14138 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14139 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14140 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14142 else if (info
->relocatable
)
14144 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14146 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14147 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14149 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14152 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14153 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14157 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14158 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14159 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14163 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14165 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14166 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14168 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14169 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14170 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14172 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14174 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14175 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14176 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14177 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14179 asection
*input_section
;
14181 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14183 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14188 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14190 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14191 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14192 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14195 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14196 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14198 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14199 matters, but someday it might). */
14200 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14205 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14207 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14209 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14210 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14211 the information together. */
14212 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14214 asection
*input_section
;
14216 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14219 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14221 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14226 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14227 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14229 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14230 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14233 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14235 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14236 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14237 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14238 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14239 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14241 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14242 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14243 finally written out. */
14245 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14246 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14247 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14250 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14251 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14253 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14254 matters, but someday it might). */
14255 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14260 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14262 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14265 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14266 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14267 the information together. */
14268 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14269 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14270 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14271 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14272 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14273 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14274 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14275 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14276 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14277 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14278 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14279 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14280 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14282 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14284 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14285 debug_info structure. */
14287 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14288 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14289 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14290 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14291 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14293 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14294 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14295 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14296 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14298 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14299 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14303 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14307 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14308 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14309 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14310 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14312 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14314 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14315 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14318 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14319 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14322 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14323 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14324 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14328 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14330 asection
*input_section
;
14332 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14333 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14337 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14339 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14344 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14345 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14347 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14349 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14350 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14351 want to deal with it. */
14355 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14356 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14358 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14360 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14361 read in the debugging information and set up an
14362 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14363 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14367 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14368 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14369 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14372 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14373 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14374 the linker global hash table and save the information
14375 for the output external symbols. */
14376 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14377 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14378 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14379 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14381 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14382 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14386 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14388 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14389 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14390 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14391 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14394 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14395 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14396 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14397 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14402 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14403 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14404 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14410 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14411 free (input_debug
.line
);
14412 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14413 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14414 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14415 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14416 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14417 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14418 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14419 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14420 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14421 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14423 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14424 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14425 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14428 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
14430 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14431 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14432 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14434 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14435 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14437 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14440 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14441 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14445 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14451 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14454 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14456 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14457 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14458 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14462 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14463 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14465 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14466 matters, but someday it might). */
14467 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14472 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14474 const char *subname
;
14477 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14480 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14481 information describing how the small data area would
14482 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14483 not used in executables files. */
14484 if (! info
->relocatable
)
14486 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14488 asection
*input_section
;
14490 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14492 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14497 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14499 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14500 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14501 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14504 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14505 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14506 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14508 /* Really remove the section. */
14509 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14510 --abfd
->section_count
;
14515 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14516 uninitialized data. */
14517 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14518 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14519 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14523 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14524 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14525 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14526 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14530 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14531 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14532 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14533 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14534 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14535 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14536 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14538 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14539 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14541 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14542 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14543 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14546 /* Set up the first entry. */
14548 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14549 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14552 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14553 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14555 /* Combine the input sections. */
14556 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14558 asection
*input_section
;
14560 bfd_size_type size
;
14561 unsigned long last
;
14562 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14564 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14566 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14571 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14572 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14574 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14575 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14576 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14577 size
= input_section
->size
;
14579 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14581 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14583 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14584 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14590 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14591 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14592 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14598 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14600 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14601 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14604 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14606 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14607 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14609 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14615 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14618 /* We need a new table entry. */
14619 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14620 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14621 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14627 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14628 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14630 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14631 value, since that will be implied by this new
14634 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14636 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14638 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14639 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14643 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14644 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14649 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14652 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14653 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14654 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14657 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14659 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14661 /* Swap out the table. */
14662 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14663 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14664 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14670 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14671 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14674 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14675 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14677 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14678 matters, but someday it might). */
14679 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14683 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14684 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14687 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14689 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14691 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14692 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14694 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14696 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14697 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14699 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14700 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14702 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14703 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14707 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14709 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14711 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14712 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14716 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14718 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14719 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14721 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14724 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14727 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14729 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14730 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14731 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14735 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14737 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14738 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14739 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14743 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14745 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14746 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14748 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14749 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14750 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14758 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14760 struct mips_mach_extension
14762 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14766 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14767 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14769 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14771 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14772 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14773 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14774 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14775 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14776 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14778 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14779 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14780 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14781 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14783 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14784 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14786 /* R10000 extensions. */
14787 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14788 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14789 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14791 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14792 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14793 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14794 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14795 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14796 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14797 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14799 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14800 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14801 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14802 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14803 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14804 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14806 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14807 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14808 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14810 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14811 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14812 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14813 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14814 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14815 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14816 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14817 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14818 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14819 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14820 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14822 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14823 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14825 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14826 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14827 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14829 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14830 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14831 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14835 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14838 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14842 if (extension
== base
)
14845 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14846 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14849 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14850 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14853 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14854 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14856 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14857 if (extension
== base
)
14865 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14866 there are conflicting attributes. */
14868 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14870 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14871 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
14875 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
14876 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14877 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14878 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14880 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
14882 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14883 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
14885 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
14887 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14888 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14890 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14892 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
14897 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14898 non-conflicting ones. */
14899 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14900 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14904 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14905 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14906 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
14907 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14908 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
14909 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14910 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14911 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14912 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14914 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14915 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14917 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14918 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14919 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14920 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14921 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14922 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14923 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14925 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14926 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14928 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14929 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14930 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14931 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14933 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
14935 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
14936 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
14937 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
14938 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
14940 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14941 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14942 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
14943 else if (!out_string
)
14945 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14946 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14947 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
14948 else if (!in_string
)
14950 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14951 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14952 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
14955 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
14956 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
14957 really relevant to the error message. */
14958 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14959 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
14960 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14961 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
14963 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14964 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
14969 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
14970 non-conflicting ones. */
14971 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14973 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
14974 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14975 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
14976 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14977 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14979 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
14981 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14982 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14983 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14984 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
14988 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14990 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
14992 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14993 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14994 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14995 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15000 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15001 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15002 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15003 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15004 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15010 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15011 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15016 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15017 object file when linking. */
15020 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15022 flagword old_flags
;
15023 flagword new_flags
;
15025 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15027 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15029 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15030 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15032 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15033 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15038 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15041 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15043 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15044 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15049 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15051 if (mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15053 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15054 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15055 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
=
15056 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15059 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
15062 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
15063 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
15064 actually cause any incompatibility. */
15065 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15067 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15068 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15069 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15070 not affect compatibility. */
15071 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15072 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15073 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15075 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15076 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15077 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15079 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15083 if (null_input_bfd
)
15086 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15087 if (!mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15089 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
);
15090 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15094 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15095 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15096 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15097 in_abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15099 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15100 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15101 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15102 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15104 if (in_abiflags
.isa_level
!= abiflags
.isa_level
15105 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
!= abiflags
.isa_rev
15106 || in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15107 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15108 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15109 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15110 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15111 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15112 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15113 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between e_flags and "
15114 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15115 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15116 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15117 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15118 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15119 if (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15120 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15121 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15122 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15123 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15124 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15125 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15126 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15127 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15130 if (!mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15132 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15133 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15134 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15137 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15139 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15140 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15141 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15142 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15144 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15145 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15146 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15147 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15149 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15150 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15153 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15154 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15160 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15161 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15162 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15164 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15165 /* Merge abiflags. */
15166 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
15167 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15168 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15169 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
15170 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15171 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15172 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
15173 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15174 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15175 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
15176 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15177 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15179 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.ases
15180 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.ases
;
15181 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
15182 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
;
15184 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15185 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15186 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15188 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15190 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15191 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15193 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15194 doesn't seem to matter. */
15195 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15196 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15198 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15199 just be able to ignore this. */
15200 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15201 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15203 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15204 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15205 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15207 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15212 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15213 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15215 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15216 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15221 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15222 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15223 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15224 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15226 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15227 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15229 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15230 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15232 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15233 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15237 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15239 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15240 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15242 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15243 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15244 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15245 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15246 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15247 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15248 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15250 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15251 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15253 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15254 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15255 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15256 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15257 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15258 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15262 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15263 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15264 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15266 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15267 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15272 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15273 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15275 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15276 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15277 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15278 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15279 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15281 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15282 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15283 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15284 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15286 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15287 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15289 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15290 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15293 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15294 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15297 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15298 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15299 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15301 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15302 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15303 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15304 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15305 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15306 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15308 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15310 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15311 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15313 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15314 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15318 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15320 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15321 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15324 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15325 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15327 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15329 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15330 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15331 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15332 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15334 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15335 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15338 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15339 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15341 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15343 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15344 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15345 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15346 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15348 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15349 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15352 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15353 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15355 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15356 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
15357 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15358 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15364 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15371 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15374 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15376 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15377 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15379 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15380 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15385 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15389 default: return "";
15390 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15391 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15392 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15393 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15394 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15395 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15396 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15397 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15398 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15399 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15400 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15401 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15403 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15404 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15405 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15406 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15407 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15408 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15409 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15410 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15411 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15412 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15413 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15414 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15415 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15416 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15417 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15418 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15419 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15420 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15421 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15422 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15423 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15424 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15425 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15426 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15427 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15428 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15429 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15430 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15431 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15432 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15433 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15434 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15435 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15436 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15437 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15438 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15439 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15440 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15441 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15442 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15443 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15444 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15445 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15446 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15447 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15448 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15449 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15450 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15451 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15452 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15453 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15454 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15455 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15456 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15457 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15458 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15459 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15460 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15461 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15462 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15463 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15464 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15465 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15466 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15467 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15468 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15469 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15470 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15471 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15472 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15473 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15474 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15475 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15476 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15477 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15478 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15479 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15483 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15487 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15491 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15493 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15494 return "-mdouble-float";
15496 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15497 return "-msingle-float";
15499 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15500 return "-msoft-float";
15502 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15503 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15505 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15508 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15509 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15511 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15512 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15520 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15522 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15523 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15524 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15525 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15526 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15527 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15528 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15529 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15530 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15531 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15532 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15533 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15534 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15535 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15536 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15537 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15538 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15539 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15540 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15541 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15542 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15543 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15544 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15545 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15546 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15547 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15549 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15550 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15551 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15555 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15560 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15563 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15565 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15566 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15568 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15569 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15571 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15572 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15574 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15575 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15577 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15578 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15581 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15584 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15587 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15590 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15593 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15595 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15596 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15599 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15602 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15605 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15608 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15611 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15613 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15614 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15616 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15617 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15620 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15626 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15630 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15631 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15633 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15634 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15636 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15637 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15639 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15640 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15642 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15643 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15645 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15646 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15648 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15649 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15651 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15652 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15655 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15661 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15663 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15664 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15665 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15666 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15671 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15675 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15677 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15678 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15680 /* xgettext:c-format */
15681 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15683 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15684 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15685 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15686 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15687 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15688 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15689 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15690 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15691 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15692 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15693 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15694 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15695 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15696 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15698 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15700 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15701 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15702 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15703 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15704 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15705 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15706 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15707 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15708 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15709 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15710 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15711 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15712 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15713 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15714 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15715 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15716 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15717 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15718 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15719 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15720 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15721 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15723 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15725 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15726 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15728 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15729 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15731 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15732 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15734 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15735 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15737 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15738 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15740 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15741 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15743 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15745 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15746 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15748 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15749 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15751 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15752 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15754 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15755 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15757 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15758 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15760 fputc ('\n', file
);
15762 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15764 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15765 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15766 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15767 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15768 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15769 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15770 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15771 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15772 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15773 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15774 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15775 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15776 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15777 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15778 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15779 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15780 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15781 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15782 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15783 fputc ('\n', file
);
15789 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15791 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15792 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15793 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15794 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15795 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15796 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15797 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15800 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15801 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15802 definiton of the symbol. */
15804 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15805 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15806 bfd_boolean definition
,
15807 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15809 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15811 unsigned char other
;
15813 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15814 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15815 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15819 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15820 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15823 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15824 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15826 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15828 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15832 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15834 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15835 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15836 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15839 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15840 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15843 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15844 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15847 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15848 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15851 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15852 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15853 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15854 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15855 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15856 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15857 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15858 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15861 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15862 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15863 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15864 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15867 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15868 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15869 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15870 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15872 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15873 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15874 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15875 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15876 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15877 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15878 unsigned int other
;
15879 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15898 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15901 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15902 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15905 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15906 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15909 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15913 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15914 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15916 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15918 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15919 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15920 PLT slots per relocation. */
15921 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
15922 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
15923 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
15924 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
15925 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
15926 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
15927 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15929 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15930 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
15932 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
15935 if (plt
->size
< 16)
15938 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
15941 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
15943 names
= (char *) send
;
15944 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
15947 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
15948 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
15952 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15953 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15955 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
15959 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15960 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15964 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15969 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
15973 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
15974 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
15975 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
15979 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
15980 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
15981 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
15983 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
15984 const char *suffix
;
15989 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
15991 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
15992 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
15996 /* Truncated table??? */
15997 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
15999 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16000 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16001 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16002 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16003 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16005 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16006 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16010 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16011 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16012 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16014 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16015 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16016 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16017 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16018 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16019 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16021 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16022 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16024 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16025 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16026 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16027 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16028 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16029 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16030 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16031 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16032 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16034 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16037 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16038 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16039 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16040 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16041 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16042 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16043 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16044 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16047 /* Truncated table??? */
16048 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16052 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16053 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16060 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16061 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16062 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16063 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16064 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16065 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16067 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16069 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16071 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16072 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16073 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16076 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16078 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16079 names
+= suffixlen
;
16082 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16092 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16094 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16095 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16097 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16100 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16101 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16103 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16104 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16107 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16109 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16110 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16111 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16115 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16117 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16120 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16123 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16125 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;